mirror/SDRPlusPlus
0
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/AlexandreRouma/SDRPlusPlus.git synced 2024-11-10 12:47:40 +01:00
Code Issues Actions 1 Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Updated ImGui + Fixed bugs in the frequency manager + new features

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Ryzerth 2021-07-08 22:39:26 +02:00
parent 7219e3a4de
commit 61f56b6e56
19 changed files with 3181 additions and 1916 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

49
core/src/gui/dialogs/loading_screen.cpp
View File

@ -35,37 +35,40 @@ namespace LoadingScreen {
ImGui::PopFont();
ImGui::SameLine();
ImGui::Image(icons::LOGO, ImVec2(128, 128));
ImGui::Spacing();
ImGui::Spacing();
ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
ImGui::Text("This software is brought to you by\n\n");
// ImGui::Text("This software is brought to you by\n\n");
ImGui::Columns(3, "CreditColumns", true);
// ImGui::Columns(3, "CreditColumns", true);
ImGui::Text("Contributors");
for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::contributorCount; i++) {
ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::contributors[i]);
}
// ImGui::Text("Contributors");
// for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::contributorCount; i++) {
// ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::contributors[i]);
// }
ImGui::NextColumn();
ImGui::Text("Libraries");
for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::libraryCount; i++) {
ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::libraries[i]);
}
// ImGui::NextColumn();
// ImGui::Text("Libraries");
// for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::libraryCount; i++) {
// ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::libraries[i]);
// }
ImGui::NextColumn();
ImGui::Text("Patrons");
for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::patronCount; i++) {
ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::patrons[i]);
}
// ImGui::NextColumn();
// ImGui::Text("Patrons");
// for (int i = 0; i < sdrpp_credits::patronCount; i++) {
// ImGui::BulletText("%s", sdrpp_credits::patrons[i]);
// }
ImGui::Columns(1, "CreditColumnsEnd", true);
// ImGui::Columns(1, "CreditColumnsEnd", true);
ImGui::Spacing();
ImGui::Spacing();
ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
// ImGui::Spacing();
ImVec2 origPos = ImGui::GetCursorPos();
ImGui::SetCursorPosY(origPos.y + 50);
ImGui::Text("%s", msg.c_str());
ImGui::SetCursorPos(origPos);
ImGui::EndPopup();
ImGui::PopStyleVar(1);

1
core/src/gui/main_window.cpp
View File

@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <GL/glew.h>
#include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
#include <imgui_plot.h>
#include <thread>
#include <complex>
#include <gui/widgets/waterfall.h>

26
core/src/gui/theme_manager.cpp
View File

@ -6,20 +6,20 @@
#include <fstream>
bool ThemeManager::loadThemesFromDir(std::string path) {
// TEST JUST TO DUMP THE ORIGINAL THEME
auto& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
ImVec4* colors = style.Colors;
// // TEST JUST TO DUMP THE ORIGINAL THEME
// auto& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
// ImVec4* colors = style.Colors;
printf("\n\n");
for (auto [name, id] : IMGUI_COL_IDS) {
ImVec4 col = colors[id];
uint8_t r = 255 - (col.x * 255.0f);
uint8_t g = 255 - (col.y * 255.0f);
uint8_t b = 255 - (col.z * 255.0f);
uint8_t a = col.w * 255.0f;
printf("\"%s\": \"#%02X%02X%02X%02X\",\n", name.c_str(), r, g, b, a);
}
printf("\n\n");
// printf("\n\n");
// for (auto [name, id] : IMGUI_COL_IDS) {
// ImVec4 col = colors[id];
// uint8_t r = 255 - (col.x * 255.0f);
// uint8_t g = 255 - (col.y * 255.0f);
// uint8_t b = 255 - (col.z * 255.0f);
// uint8_t a = col.w * 255.0f;
// printf("\"%s\": \"#%02X%02X%02X%02X\",\n", name.c_str(), r, g, b, a);
// }
// printf("\n\n");
if (!std::filesystem::is_directory(path)) {

22
core/src/imgui/imconfig.h
View File

@ -20,7 +20,9 @@
//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts
//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows
// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
@ -34,13 +36,14 @@
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable metrics/debugger window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty.
//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a)
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. (imm32.lib/.a)
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime).
//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies)
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
@ -53,7 +56,7 @@
//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version
// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files.
// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files.
//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
@ -63,6 +66,15 @@
// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf.
// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui)
// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided).
// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default)
// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend.
//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
/*

1442
core/src/imgui/imgui.cpp
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

369
core/src/imgui/imgui.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.80
// dear imgui, v1.83
// (headers)
// Help:
@ -11,10 +11,11 @@
// - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq
// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3488 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki
// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions
/*
@ -27,10 +28,11 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions
// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
*/
@ -58,8 +60,8 @@ Index of this file:
// Version
// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.80"
#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18000
#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.83"
#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18300
#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
@ -98,7 +100,20 @@ Index of this file:
#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
#endif
// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID)
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off))
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop))
#else
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
#endif
// Warnings
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (push)
#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
#endif
#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic push
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
@ -125,6 +140,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into differen
struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType).
struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
@ -142,6 +158,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often
struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table
struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor
// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file)
// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
@ -158,8 +175,8 @@ typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A
typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc.
typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList
typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton()
@ -180,6 +197,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: F
typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn()
typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow()
typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport
typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
// Other types
@ -189,6 +207,8 @@ typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering backend to identi
typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string.
typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
// Character types
// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
@ -220,6 +240,7 @@ typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11)
#endif
// 2D vector (often used to store positions or sizes)
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
struct ImVec2
{
float x, y;
@ -242,6 +263,7 @@ struct ImVec4
IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
#endif
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
@ -251,8 +273,9 @@ struct ImVec4
namespace ImGui
{
// Context creation and access
// Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts.
// None of those functions is reliant on the current context.
// - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts.
// - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details.
IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context
IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
@ -368,13 +391,13 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat();
// Parameters stacks (current window)
IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width,
IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side).
IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth();
IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
@ -413,8 +436,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.)
IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); //
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API)
IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode.
IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates
IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize
IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
@ -471,7 +494,7 @@ namespace ImGui
// Widgets: Combo Box
// - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
// - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose.
// - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created.
IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
@ -499,8 +522,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
// Widgets: Regular Sliders
// - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds.
@ -578,14 +601,18 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
// Widgets: List Boxes
// - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them.
// - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes.
// - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items.
// - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created.
// - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth
// - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items
IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region
IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true!
IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true!
// Widgets: Data Plotting
// - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot)
IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
@ -602,13 +629,14 @@ namespace ImGui
// - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
// - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it.
// - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it.
// - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment.
IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated.
IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
// Tooltips
@ -638,18 +666,20 @@ namespace ImGui
// - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually.
// - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options).
// - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup().
// - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened.
IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!).
IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.
// Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
// - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
// - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
// - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future.
// - IMPORTANT: we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight.
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).
// Popups: test function
// Popups: query functions
// - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
// - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
// - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open.
@ -693,7 +723,7 @@ namespace ImGui
// - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
// some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
// - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImU32 user_id = 0);
IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0);
IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
@ -711,6 +741,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index.
IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change enabled/disabled state of a column, set to false to hide the column. Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
// Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!)
@ -740,10 +771,14 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.)
IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
// Drag and Drop
// - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip as replacement)
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
// - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource().
// - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget().
// - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725)
// - An item can be both drag source and drop target.
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui.
IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
@ -761,13 +796,13 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window.
IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
// Item/Widgets Utilities
// - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted.
// Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions
// - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted.
// - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()
IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition.
IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
@ -782,6 +817,12 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item
IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.
// Viewports
// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL.
// Miscellaneous Utilities
IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
@ -850,12 +891,15 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
// Debug Utilities
// - This is used by the IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
// Memory Allocators
// - All those functions are not reliant on the current context.
// - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those.
IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);
// - Those functions are not reliant on the current context.
// - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL);
IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data);
IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size);
IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr);
@ -922,16 +966,18 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
// [Internal]
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19 // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
// Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
#endif
};
// Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
@ -1084,7 +1130,7 @@ enum ImGuiTableFlags_
ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overriden by TableSetupColumn().
ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn().
// Sizing Extra Options
ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
@ -1602,6 +1648,7 @@ template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p
// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
template<typename T>
struct ImVector
{
@ -1660,6 +1707,7 @@ struct ImVector
inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
@ -1709,7 +1757,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
@ -1731,7 +1779,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend.
ImVec2 DisplaySize; // <unset> // Main display size, in pixels.
ImVec2 DisplaySize; // <unset> // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size)
float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory.
@ -1816,7 +1864,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving!
bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
float Framerate; // Application framerate estimate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames.
float Framerate; // Rough estimate of application framerate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames.
int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render()
int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows
@ -1950,47 +1998,6 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions
// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
namespace ImGui
{
// OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
// OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
// Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags.
// For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from April 2019)
static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }
// OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018)
static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); }
}
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -2236,6 +2243,9 @@ struct ImDrawCmd
void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this.
ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed
// Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature)
inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; }
};
// Vertex index, default to 16-bit
@ -2294,21 +2304,27 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
};
enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
// Flags for ImDrawList functions
// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
enum ImDrawFlags_
{
ImDrawCornerFlags_None = 0,
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8
ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3
ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC
ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5
ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA
ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience
ImDrawFlags_None = 0,
ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone
};
// Flags for ImDrawList. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions.
enum ImDrawListFlags_
{
@ -2325,7 +2341,8 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_
// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well)
// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize).
// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!)
// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
struct ImDrawList
{
@ -2367,8 +2384,8 @@ struct ImDrawList
// In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
// Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides.
IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round
IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
@ -2380,7 +2397,7 @@ struct ImDrawList
IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness);
IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
@ -2391,19 +2408,19 @@ struct ImDrawList
// - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
// Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; }
inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); }
inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order.
inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All);
IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
// Advanced
IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
@ -2444,6 +2461,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect();
IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID();
IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset();
IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const;
IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step);
IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments);
};
// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
@ -2452,18 +2472,17 @@ struct ImDrawList
struct ImDrawData
{
bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render
int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use)
ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications)
ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications)
ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
// Functions
ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); }
~ImDrawData() { Clear(); }
void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
ImDrawData() { Clear(); }
void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
};
@ -2479,8 +2498,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig
bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
@ -2488,7 +2507,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig
float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one.
unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure.
float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable.
ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
@ -2503,8 +2522,9 @@ struct ImFontConfig
// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this)
struct ImFontGlyph
{
unsigned int Codepoint : 31; // 0x0000..0xFFFF
unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to allow early out when rendering
unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops)
unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering.
unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF
float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners
float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates
@ -2612,11 +2632,12 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
//-------------------------------------------
// You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
// After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
// You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
// - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
// - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format.
// - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
// so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
// Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
// Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
// - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
// - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height);
IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0));
ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; }
@ -2629,14 +2650,15 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
// Members
//-------------------------------------------
bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0.
bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
// [Internal]
// NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build().
@ -2648,6 +2670,10 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
ImVector<ImFontConfig> ConfigData; // Configuration data
ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines
// [Internal] Font builder
const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE).
unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig.
// [Internal] Packing data
int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors
int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines
@ -2711,12 +2737,113 @@ struct ImFont
IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Viewports
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags
enum ImGuiViewportFlags_
{
ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0,
ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window
ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet)
ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2 // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend)
};
// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
// - About Main Area vs Work Area:
// - Main Area = entire viewport.
// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor).
// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport.
struct ImGuiViewport
{
ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_
ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates)
ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport.
ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos)
ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size)
ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
// Helpers
ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); }
ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
namespace ImGui
{
// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items
static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); }
static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
// OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
// Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags.
// For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from April 2019)
static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }
// OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }
// OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }
}
// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags;
enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
{
ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally).
ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82.
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82.
ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82.
ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82
ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight,
ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft,
ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight
};
#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (pop)
#endif
// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
#include "imgui_user.h"

482
core/src/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.80
// dear imgui, v1.83
// (demo code)
// Help:
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase:
// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other
@ -16,19 +16,19 @@
// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be
// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty.
// In other situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
// Thank you,
// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete)
// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword:
// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls,
// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls,
// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to
// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller
// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function
// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code,
// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions.
// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste in into your application!
// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application!
// Because of this:
// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace.
// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them.
@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ Index of this file:
// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables()
// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc()
// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
// [SECTION] Font Viewer / ShowFontAtlas()
// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
@ -63,8 +64,9 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText()
// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize()
// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize()
// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
@ -92,6 +94,7 @@ Index of this file:
// Visual Studio warnings
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
#endif
// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
@ -134,6 +137,16 @@ Index of this file:
#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
#endif
// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from <inttypes.h> (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define IM_PRId64 "I64d"
#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u"
#else
#define IM_PRId64 "lld"
#define IM_PRIu64 "llu"
#endif
// Helpers macros
// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste,
// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code...
@ -168,6 +181,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
@ -251,6 +265,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
// Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
static bool show_app_documents = false;
static bool show_app_console = false;
static bool show_app_log = false;
static bool show_app_layout = false;
@ -259,6 +274,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
static bool show_app_auto_resize = false;
static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false;
static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false;
static bool show_app_fullscreen = false;
static bool show_app_window_titles = false;
static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
@ -273,6 +289,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize);
if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize);
if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay);
if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen);
if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles);
if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
@ -316,7 +333,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
// We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file.
// We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required.
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(650, 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
// Main body of the Demo window starts here.
@ -354,6 +372,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize);
ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize);
ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay);
ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen);
ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles);
ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents);
@ -584,13 +603,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
{
// Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
// See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more complete BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
// See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" };
static int item_current = 0;
ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
"Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, "
"and demonstration of various flags.\n");
"Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API.");
}
{
@ -689,14 +707,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
}
{
// List box
// Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here
// See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api.
const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" };
static int item_current = 1;
ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4);
//static int listbox_item_current2 = 2;
//ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1);
//ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4);
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
"Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API.");
}
ImGui::TreePop();
@ -908,7 +925,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
// so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
ImGui::TextWrapped(
"CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. "
"Call io.Font->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. "
"Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. "
"Read docs/FONTS.md for details.");
ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string.
ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
@ -1009,7 +1026,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
// (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
// stored in the object itself, etc.)
const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here our selection data is an index.
static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
const char* combo_label = items[item_current_idx]; // Label to preview before opening the combo (technically it could be anything)
if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_label, flags))
{
@ -1042,6 +1059,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
ImGui::TreePop();
}
if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes"))
{
// Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents.
// (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
// stored in the object itself, etc.)
const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1"))
{
for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
{
const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
item_current_idx = n;
// Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
if (is_selected)
ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
}
ImGui::EndListBox();
}
// Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall
ImGui::Text("Full-width:");
if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing())))
{
for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
{
const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
item_current_idx = n;
// Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
if (is_selected)
ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
}
ImGui::EndListBox();
}
ImGui::TreePop();
}
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables"))
{
// Selectable() has 2 overloads:
@ -1496,7 +1555,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see:
// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot
// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Widgets
// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets"))
{
static bool animate = true;
@ -1545,7 +1604,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
};
static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
ImGui::Separator();
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0");
ImGui::SameLine();
ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400);
@ -1871,12 +1930,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%I64d");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%I64d");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%I64d");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%I64u ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%I64u ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%I64u ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e");
@ -1889,8 +1948,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%I64d");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%I64u ms");
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64);
ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms");
static bool inputs_step = true;
ImGui::Text("Inputs");
@ -2335,7 +2394,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
// the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)' for details.
{
static int offset_x = 0;
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000);
ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x);
@ -2357,15 +2416,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
{
static float f = 0.0f;
static bool show_indented_items = true;
ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items);
// Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item.
// Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items.
// In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size
// e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc.
static float f = 0.0f;
static bool show_indented_items = true;
ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items);
ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)");
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width.");
ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
@ -2557,11 +2616,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size);
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size))
if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size))
{
ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true);
ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false);
ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
ImGui::EndListBox();
}
ImGui::TreePop();
@ -2781,6 +2840,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
{
for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
{
if (item > 0)
ImGui::SameLine();
if (enable_track && item == track_item)
{
ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
@ -2790,7 +2851,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
{
ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
}
ImGui::SameLine();
}
}
float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
@ -3134,33 +3194,70 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
{
HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier.");
// BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing:
// if (id == 0)
// id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id
// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
// OpenPopup(id);
// return BeginPopup(id);
// For more advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code.
// See details in BeginPopupContextItem().
// For advanced advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code.
// See more details in BeginPopupContextItem().
// Example 1
// When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(),
// and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
{
const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" };
for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
{
ImGui::Selectable(names[n]);
if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id
{
ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]);
if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup");
}
}
// Example 2
// Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem().
// Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations.
{
HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one.");
static float value = 0.5f;
ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value);
if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu"))
ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this value", value);
if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup"))
{
if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1);
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f);
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
// We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() which is the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the
// Begin() call. So here we will make it that clicking on the text field with the right mouse button (1)
// will toggle the visibility of the popup above.
ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to open the same popup as above.)");
ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("item context menu", 1);
// We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup.
// Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above.
// The popup itself will be submitted by the code above.
ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text");
ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
// When used after an item that has an ID (e.g.Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem().
// BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
// In addition here, we want to include your editable label inside the button label.
// We use the ### operator to override the ID (read FAQ about ID for details)
// Back to square one: manually open the same popup.
if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup");
}
// Example 3
// When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID),
// we need to make sure your item identifier is stable.
// In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ).
{
HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator.");
static char name[32] = "Label1";
char buf[64];
sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label
@ -3174,6 +3271,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)");
}
ImGui::TreePop();
}
@ -3186,7 +3284,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
// Always center this window when appearing
ImVec2 center(ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x * 0.5f, ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y * 0.5f);
ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter();
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
@ -4249,7 +4347,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::Text("A0 Cell 0");
ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0");
{
float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2;
if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
@ -4260,21 +4358,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::Text("B0 Cell 0");
ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0");
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::Text("B0 Cell 1");
ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0");
ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::Text("B1 Cell 0");
ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1");
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::Text("B1 Cell 1");
ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1");
ImGui::EndTable();
}
}
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Cell 1");
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Cell 0");
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Cell 1");
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0");
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1");
ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1");
ImGui::EndTable();
}
ImGui::TreePop();
@ -4809,6 +4907,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
ImGui::TreePop();
}
// In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings.
// For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation.
// This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others.
//ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG]
if (open_action != -1)
ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
@ -4947,7 +5048,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
ImGui::TreePop();
}
// Recreate/reset item list if we changed the number of items
// Update item list if we changed the number of items
static ImVector<MyItem> items;
static ImVector<int> selection;
static bool items_need_sort = false;
@ -4969,6 +5070,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display
const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL; // "
// Submit table
const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f;
if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use))
{
@ -5027,9 +5129,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID);
ImGui::PushID(item->ID);
ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height);
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
// For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column
ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
char label[32];
sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID);
if (contents_type == CT_Text)
@ -5060,14 +5162,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
}
}
if (ImGui::TableNextColumn())
if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1))
ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name);
// Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity,
// and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity.
// To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released.
// You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes.
if (ImGui::TableNextColumn())
if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2))
{
if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; }
if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
@ -5076,16 +5178,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
}
if (ImGui::TableNextColumn())
if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3))
ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity);
ImGui::TableNextColumn();
ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4);
if (show_wrapped_text)
ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
else
ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
if (ImGui::TableNextColumn())
if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5))
ImGui::Text("1234");
ImGui::PopID();
@ -5352,29 +5454,34 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos);
ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible);
// Display Keyboard/Mouse state
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Mouse & Navigation State"))
// Display Mouse state
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State"))
{
if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
else
ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: <INVALID>");
ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
ImGui::Text("Mouse dblclick:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)){ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
ImGui::TreePop();
}
ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); }
// Display Keyboard/Mouse state
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard & Navigation State"))
{
ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); }
ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); }
ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); }
ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputs[i]); }
ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f (%.02f secs)", i, io.NavInputs[i], io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); }
ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); }
ImGui::Text("NavInputs duration:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); }
ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag");
if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
@ -5383,7 +5490,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag");
if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false);
ImGui::TreePop();
}
@ -5396,7 +5502,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
//ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool) to disable tabbing through certain widgets.");
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
ImGui::TreePop();
@ -5422,6 +5528,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc()
if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3;
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
if (has_focus)
@ -5637,31 +5744,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
// [SECTION] Font viewer / ShowFontAtlas()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - ShowStyleSelector()
// - ShowFontSelector()
// - ShowStyleEditor()
// - ShowFont()
// - ShowFontAtlas()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string.
// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label)
{
static int style_idx = -1;
if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0"))
{
switch (style_idx)
{
case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break;
case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break;
case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break;
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
// This isn't worth putting in public API but we want Metrics to use it
namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); }
// Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts.
// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one.
@ -5690,7 +5781,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
}
// [Internal] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
static void NodeFont(ImFont* font)
static void ShowFont(ImFont* font)
{
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
@ -5700,9 +5791,13 @@ static void NodeFont(ImFont* font)
if (!font_details_opened)
return;
// Display preview text
ImGui::PushFont(font);
ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
ImGui::PopFont();
// Display details
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font
ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
"Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
@ -5720,9 +5815,10 @@ static void NodeFont(ImFont* font)
if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
// Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
{
// Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
const ImU32 glyph_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
{
@ -5777,6 +5873,50 @@ static void NodeFont(ImFont* font)
ImGui::TreePop();
}
void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
{
for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
{
ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
ImGui::PushID(font);
ShowFont(font);
ImGui::PopID();
}
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
{
ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col);
ImGui::TreePop();
}
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - ShowStyleSelector()
// - ShowStyleEditor()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string.
// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label)
{
static int style_idx = -1;
if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0"))
{
switch (style_idx)
{
case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break;
case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break;
case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break;
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
{
// You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to
@ -5933,21 +6073,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading.");
ImGui::PushItemWidth(120);
for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
{
ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
ImGui::PushID(font);
NodeFont(font);
ImGui::PopID();
}
if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
{
ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col);
ImGui::TreePop();
}
ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
// Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below.
// (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds).
@ -5959,6 +6085,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
"rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n"
"Using those settings here will give you poor quality results.");
static float window_scale = 1.0f;
ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window
ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything
@ -5978,27 +6105,47 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering).");
ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill);
ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
// When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles.
ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Segment Max Error", &style.CircleSegmentMaxError, 0.01f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
{
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos());
ImGui::BeginTooltip();
ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)");
ImGui::Spacing();
ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
float RAD_MIN = 10.0f, RAD_MAX = 80.0f;
float off_x = 10.0f;
for (int n = 0; n < 7; n++)
const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x;
for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++)
{
const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (7.0f - 1.0f);
draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p.x + off_x + rad, p.y + RAD_MAX), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 0);
off_x += 10.0f + rad * 2.0f;
const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f;
const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f;
const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f);
ImGui::BeginGroup();
ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad));
const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f);
const float offset_x = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f);
const float offset_y = floorf(RAD_MAX);
const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
/*
const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
*/
ImGui::EndGroup();
ImGui::SameLine();
}
ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(off_x, RAD_MAX * 2.0f));
ImGui::EndTooltip();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
@ -6931,23 +7078,29 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration
// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use.
static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
{
const float DISTANCE = 10.0f;
const float PAD = 10.0f;
static int corner = 0;
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
if (corner != -1)
{
window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? io.DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? io.DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE);
ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any!
ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize;
ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot;
window_pos.x = (corner & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD);
window_pos.y = (corner & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD);
window_pos_pivot.x = (corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
window_pos_pivot.y = (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot);
window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
}
ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background
if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags))
@ -6972,6 +7125,42 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
ImGui::End();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport
static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open)
{
static bool use_work_area = true;
static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
// We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.)
// Based on your use case you may want one of the other.
const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos);
ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size);
if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags))
{
ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area);
ImGui::SameLine();
HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference.");
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration);
ImGui::Indent();
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse);
ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
ImGui::Unindent();
if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window"))
*p_open = false;
}
ImGui::End();
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -6981,16 +7170,19 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details.
static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
{
const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos;
// By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title.
// You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID.
// Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier.
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1");
ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique.");
ImGui::End();
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2");
ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique.");
ImGui::End();
@ -6998,7 +7190,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
// Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle"
char buf[128];
sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount());
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
ImGui::Begin(buf);
ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title.");
ImGui::End();
@ -7061,7 +7253,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
static bool curve_segments_override = false;
static int curve_segments_override_v = 8;
static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f");
ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f");
ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12);
ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override);
@ -7075,9 +7267,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf);
const float spacing = 10.0f;
const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_none = 0;
const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_all = ImDrawCornerFlags_All;
const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight;
const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
const float rounding = sz / 5.0f;
const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0;
const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0;
float x = p.x + 4.0f;
@ -7088,9 +7279,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon
draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, corners_none, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_all, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners
draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners
draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle
//draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
@ -7475,19 +7666,20 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
{
if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?"))
ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?");
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?"))
if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
{
ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1.0f);
if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("##", close_queue_unsaved_documents, 6))
float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height)))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
ImGui::EndChildFrame();
}
if (ImGui::Button("Yes", ImVec2(80, 0)))
ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f);
if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
{
@ -7499,7 +7691,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("No", ImVec2(80, 0)))
if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size))
{
for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
@ -7507,7 +7699,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(80, 0)))
if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size))
{
close_queue.clear();
ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();

495
core/src/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.80
// dear imgui, v1.83
// (drawing and font code)
/*
@ -32,7 +32,11 @@ Index of this file:
#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
#endif
#include "imgui_internal.h"
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h> // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
#if !defined(alloca)
@ -53,6 +57,9 @@ Index of this file:
#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
#pragma warning (disable: 6255) // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception. Consider using _malloca instead.
#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
#endif
// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
@ -101,6 +108,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (push)
#pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
#pragma warning (disable: 6011) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'.
#pragma warning (disable: 6385) // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer': the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read.
#pragma warning (disable: 28182) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did.
#endif
#if defined(__clang__)
@ -118,7 +128,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
#endif
#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
#define STBRP_STATIC
#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
#define STBRP_SORT ImQsort
@ -131,8 +141,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
#endif
#endif
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
#define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0)
@ -140,7 +151,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
#define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x)
#define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y)
#define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x)
#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorStd(x))
#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x))
#define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x))
#define STBTT_STATIC
#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
@ -153,6 +164,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
#include "imstb_truetype.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
@ -368,19 +380,22 @@ ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx);
ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
}
ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
}
void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error)
void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
{
if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
return;
IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
{
const float radius = i + 1.0f;
const int segment_count = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError);
CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)ImMin(segment_count, 255);
const float radius = (float)i;
CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : 0);
}
ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
}
// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
@ -537,6 +552,16 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
}
int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
{
// Automatic segment count
const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
else
return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
}
// Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
{
@ -669,16 +694,18 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c
// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
// Those macros expects l-values.
#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = 1.0f / ImSqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0)
#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 < 0.5f) d2 = 0.5f; float inv_lensq = 1.0f / d2; VX *= inv_lensq; VY *= inv_lensq; } while (0)
#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0)
#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } while (0)
// TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness)
void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
{
if (points_count < 2)
return;
const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
@ -1010,32 +1037,101 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun
}
}
void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step)
{
if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12)
if (radius <= 0.0f)
{
_Path.push_back(center);
return;
}
// For legacy reason the PathArcToFast() always takes angles where 2*PI is represented by 12,
// but it is possible to set IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELATION_MULTIPLIER to a higher value. This should compile to a no-op otherwise.
#if IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER != 1
a_min_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER;
a_max_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER;
#endif
// Calculate arc auto segment step size
if (a_step <= 0)
a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
_Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1));
for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++)
// Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle
a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4);
const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample);
const int a_next_step = a_step;
int samples = sample_range + 1;
bool extra_max_sample = false;
if (a_step > 1)
{
const ImVec2& c = _Data->ArcFastVtx[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->ArcFastVtx)];
_Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius));
samples = sample_range / a_step + 1;
const int overstep = sample_range % a_step;
if (overstep > 0)
{
extra_max_sample = true;
samples++;
// When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end,
// distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size.
if (sample_range > 0)
a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2;
}
}
void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
_Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples);
ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples);
int sample_index = a_min_sample;
if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
{
if (radius == 0.0f)
sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
if (sample_index < 0)
sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
}
if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample)
{
for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
{
// a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
out_ptr++;
}
}
else
{
for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
{
// a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
if (sample_index < 0)
sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
out_ptr++;
}
}
if (extra_max_sample)
{
int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
if (normalized_max_sample < 0)
normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample];
out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
out_ptr++;
}
IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr);
}
void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
{
if (radius <= 0.0f)
{
_Path.push_back(center);
return;
@ -1051,6 +1147,67 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa
}
}
// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East
void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
{
if (radius <= 0.0f)
{
_Path.push_back(center);
return;
}
_PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0);
}
void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
{
if (radius <= 0.0f)
{
_Path.push_back(center);
return;
}
if (num_segments > 0)
{
_PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments);
return;
}
// Automatic segment count
if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff)
{
const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min;
// We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples.
// Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc.
const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f);
const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f);
const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0);
const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
const bool a_emit_start = (a_min_segment_angle - a_min) != 0.0f;
const bool a_emit_end = (a_max - a_max_segment_angle) != 0.0f;
_Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0)));
if (a_emit_start)
_Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius));
if (a_mid_samples > 0)
_PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0);
if (a_emit_end)
_Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius));
}
else
{
const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min);
const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length));
_PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count);
}
}
ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
{
float u = 1.0f - t;
@ -1144,12 +1301,47 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3,
}
}
void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
{
rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
// Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
// ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0
if (flags == ~0)
return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0)
// Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations)
// 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!)
// 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight
// 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight
// 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft
// 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft
// ...
// 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0
// (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_)
if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F)
return (flags << 4);
// We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
#endif
// If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
// Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc...
IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
return flags;
}
void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
{
flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
{
PathLineTo(a);
PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y));
@ -1158,10 +1350,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDr
}
else
{
const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9);
PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12);
PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3);
@ -1175,36 +1367,36 @@ void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float th
return;
PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
}
// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness)
void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
{
if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
return;
if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners);
PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
else
PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
}
void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
{
if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
return;
if (rounding > 0.0f)
{
PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners);
PathFillConvex(col);
}
else
if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
{
PrimReserve(6, 4);
PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
}
else
{
PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
PathFillConvex(col);
}
}
// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
@ -1232,7 +1424,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, c
PathLineTo(p2);
PathLineTo(p3);
PathLineTo(p4);
PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
}
void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
@ -1255,7 +1447,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p
PathLineTo(p1);
PathLineTo(p2);
PathLineTo(p3);
PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
}
void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
@ -1278,11 +1470,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu
if (num_segments <= 0)
{
// Automatic segment count
const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1;
if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
else
num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
}
else
{
@ -1296,7 +1484,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu
PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12 - 1);
else
PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
}
void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
@ -1308,11 +1496,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col,
if (num_segments <= 0)
{
// Automatic segment count
const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1;
if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
else
num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
}
else
{
@ -1338,7 +1522,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_
// Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
}
// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
@ -1361,7 +1545,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2
PathLineTo(p1);
PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
}
// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
@ -1372,7 +1556,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const Im
PathLineTo(p1);
PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
}
void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
@ -1441,23 +1625,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con
PopTextureID();
}
void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners)
void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
{
if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
return;
if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0)
flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
{
AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
return;
}
const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back();
const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
if (push_texture_id)
PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners);
PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
PathFillConvex(col);
int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
@ -1710,25 +1895,13 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve
ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
{
FontData = NULL;
FontDataSize = 0;
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
FontNo = 0;
SizePixels = 0.0f;
OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default?
OversampleV = 1;
PixelSnapH = false;
GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
GlyphRanges = NULL;
GlyphMinAdvanceX = 0.0f;
GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX;
MergeMode = false;
RasterizerFlags = 0x00;
RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name));
DstFont = NULL;
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -1785,17 +1958,8 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3
ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
{
Locked = false;
Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None;
TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
TexDesiredWidth = 0;
memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
TexGlyphPadding = 1;
TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
TexWidth = TexHeight = 0;
TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
}
@ -1836,6 +2000,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
TexPixelsUseColors = false;
}
void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
@ -2081,7 +2246,26 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou
bool ImFontAtlas::Build()
{
IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this);
// Select builder
// - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
// may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
// using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere
// and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions.
const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO;
if (builder_io == NULL)
{
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType();
#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE)
builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
#else
IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function
#endif
}
// Build
return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this);
}
void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor)
@ -2101,6 +2285,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig
data[i] = table[data[i]];
}
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
struct ImFontBuildSrcData
@ -2138,7 +2323,7 @@ static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector<int>*
out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n));
}
bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
{
IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
@ -2391,6 +2576,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
return true;
}
const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype()
{
static ImFontBuilderIO io;
io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype;
return &io;
}
#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent)
{
if (!font_config->MergeMode)
@ -2433,7 +2627,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa
}
}
void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
{
IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
@ -2443,6 +2637,16 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y,
out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00;
}
void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value)
{
IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
}
static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
{
ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors);
@ -2455,16 +2659,31 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
const int x_for_white = r->X;
const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
{
ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
}
else
{
ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE);
ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE);
}
}
else
{
// Render 4 white pixels
IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2);
const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w;
if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
{
atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF;
}
else
{
atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE;
}
}
atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
}
@ -2486,10 +2705,30 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
// Write each slice
IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels
if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
{
unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
memset(write_ptr, 0x00, pad_left);
memset(write_ptr + pad_left, 0xFF, line_width);
memset(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width, 0x00, pad_right);
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
*(write_ptr + i) = 0x00;
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
*(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF;
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
*(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00;
}
else
{
unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
*(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
*(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE;
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
*(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
}
// Calculate UVs for this line
ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
@ -2524,7 +2763,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
{
// Render into our custom data blocks
IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL);
IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL);
ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas);
ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas);
@ -3006,6 +3245,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, floa
ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back();
glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint;
glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1);
glyph.Colored = false;
glyph.X0 = x0;
glyph.Y0 = y0;
glyph.X1 = x1;
@ -3251,11 +3491,14 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons
return text_size;
}
// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const
{
const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c);
if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible)
return;
if (glyph->Colored)
col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x);
pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y);
@ -3263,6 +3506,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
}
// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
{
if (!text_end)
@ -3318,6 +3562,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
while (s < text_end)
{
if (word_wrap_enabled)
@ -3423,14 +3669,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col
}
}
// Support for untinted glyphs
ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col;
// We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
{
idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
vtx_write += 4;
vtx_current_idx += 4;
idx_write += 6;
@ -3513,7 +3762,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float
draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
draw_list->PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
}
void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
@ -3527,7 +3776,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, Im
if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
{
pos -= offset;
const ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);
draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
@ -3625,27 +3874,29 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect
const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x);
const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y);
const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y);
if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft));
if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight));
if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight));
if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight));
if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft);
if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight);
if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft);
if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight);
if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft));
if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight));
if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft);
if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight);
if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft);
if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight);
}
// Helper for ColorPicker4()
// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether.
// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32
void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags)
void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
{
if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
{
ImU32 col_bg1 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
ImU32 col_bg2 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
int yi = 0;
for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
@ -3658,17 +3909,19 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p
float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
if (x2 <= x1)
continue;
int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0;
if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; }
if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; }
rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags;
draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell);
ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
// Combine flags
cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags);
draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags);
}
}
}
else
{
draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags);
draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags);
}
}

12
core/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+)
@ -113,10 +113,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int a
g_PrevUserCallbackKey(window, key, scancode, action, mods);
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
if (key >= 0 && key < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown))
{
if (action == GLFW_PRESS)
io.KeysDown[key] = true;
if (action == GLFW_RELEASE)
io.KeysDown[key] = false;
}
// Modifiers are not reliable across systems
io.KeyCtrl = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL];
@ -149,7 +152,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw
io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw";
// Keyboard mapping. ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeysDown[] array.
// Keyboard mapping. Dear ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeysDown[] array.
io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = GLFW_KEY_TAB;
io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = GLFW_KEY_LEFT;
io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = GLFW_KEY_RIGHT;
@ -231,6 +234,11 @@ bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan);
}
bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks)
{
return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown);
}
void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown()
{
if (g_InstalledCallbacks)

3
core/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW
// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..)
// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)
// Implemented features:
@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ struct GLFWwindow;
IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks);
IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown();
IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame();

18
core/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
View File

@ -13,6 +13,9 @@
// CHANGELOG
// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
// 2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
// 2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
// 2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
// 2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
// 2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
// 2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
@ -247,7 +250,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
// Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
glEnable(GL_BLEND);
glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
@ -261,11 +264,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
#endif
// Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) && !defined(__APPLE__)
#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
if (g_GlVersion >= 450)
{
GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)&current_clip_origin);
if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
clip_origin_lower_left = false;
}
#endif
// Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
@ -275,7 +281,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) && !defined(__APPLE__)
#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
#endif
const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
@ -402,7 +408,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
glScissor((int)clip_rect.x, (int)(fb_height - clip_rect.w), (int)(clip_rect.z - clip_rect.x), (int)(clip_rect.w - clip_rect.y));
// Bind texture, Draw
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId);
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID());
#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
if (g_GlVersion >= 320)
glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset);
@ -470,7 +476,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);
// Store our identifier
io.Fonts->TexID = (ImTextureID)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture;
io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture);
// Restore state
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
@ -484,7 +490,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
{
ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture);
io.Fonts->TexID = 0;
io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
g_FontTexture = 0;
}
}

418
core/src/imgui/imgui_internal.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.80
// dear imgui, v1.83
// (internal structures/api)
// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
@ -29,7 +29,8 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
// [SECTION] Table support
// [SECTION] Internal API
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
*/
@ -50,10 +51,19 @@ Index of this file:
#include <math.h> // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
#include <limits.h> // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
#if defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
#include <immintrin.h>
#endif
// Visual Studio warnings
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (push)
#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
#endif
// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
@ -63,6 +73,7 @@ Index of this file:
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
#endif
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned()
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
@ -83,6 +94,12 @@ Index of this file:
#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
#endif
// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Forward declarations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -99,7 +116,7 @@ struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/End
struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data
struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
@ -113,15 +130,17 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar
struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table
struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table
struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings
struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings
struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window
struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame)
struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag()
typedef int ImGuiItemAddFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ // Flags: for ItemAdd()
typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags
typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns()
typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
@ -207,6 +226,7 @@ namespace ImStb
#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
#endif
#define IM_TABSIZE (4)
#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & ~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose
#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255
#define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
@ -219,6 +239,13 @@ namespace ImStb
#define IMGUI_CDECL
#endif
// Warnings
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX))
#else
#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
#endif
// Debug Tools
// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
@ -306,6 +333,7 @@ IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, cons
// We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.)
// We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself.
#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
@ -321,6 +349,7 @@ static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)
static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
#endif
// Helpers: File System
@ -346,6 +375,7 @@ IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 coun
IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
// Helpers: Maths
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
#define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X)
@ -356,16 +386,23 @@ IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char*
#define ImAcos(X) acosf(X)
#define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X))
#define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR)
#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by e.g. stb_truetype)
//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned()
#define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X)
static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); }
static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); }
static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }
static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); }
static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); }
static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : ((x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : ((x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0); }
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); }
#else
static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); }
#endif
static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
#endif
// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
@ -386,14 +423,16 @@ static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)
static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); }
static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); }
static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / ImSqrt(d); return fail_value; }
static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; }
static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); }
static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf()
static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; }
static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
// Helpers: Geometry
IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
@ -409,6 +448,7 @@ IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy);
// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
struct ImVec1
{
float x;
@ -441,6 +481,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; }
float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; }
float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left
ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right
ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left
@ -461,6 +502,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect
bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
// Helper: ImBitArray
inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
@ -480,12 +522,12 @@ inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran
}
// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
// Store 1-bit per value. NOT CLEARED by constructor.
// Store 1-bit per value.
template<int BITCOUNT>
struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray
{
ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
ImBitArray() { }
ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); }
void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); }
@ -537,20 +579,22 @@ struct ImSpan
// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
template<int CHUNKS>
struct ImSpanAllocator
{
char* BasePtr;
int TotalSize;
int CurrSpan;
int CurrOff;
int CurrIdx;
int Offsets[CHUNKS];
int Sizes[CHUNKS];
ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
inline void ReserveBytes(int n, size_t sz) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrSpan && n < CHUNKS); IM_UNUSED(n); Offsets[CurrSpan++] = TotalSize; TotalSize += (int)sz; }
inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return TotalSize; }
inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; }
inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; }
inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrSpan == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrSpan == CHUNKS); return (n + 1 < CHUNKS) ? BasePtr + Offsets[n + 1] : (void*)(BasePtr + TotalSize); }
inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); }
template<typename T>
inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan<T>* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); }
};
@ -584,7 +628,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImPool
// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for)
// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
template<typename T>
struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream
@ -594,7 +638,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream
void clear() { Buf.clear(); }
bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; }
int size() const { return Buf.Size; }
T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
@ -610,14 +654,30 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 12
// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693
// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r
// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
// will get this result.
//
// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
//
#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp((int)((IM_PI * 2.0f) / ImAcos(((_RAD) - (_MAXERROR)) / (_RAD))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
// ImDrawList: You may set this to higher values (e.g. 2 or 3) to increase tessellation of fast rounded corners path.
#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER
#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER 1
// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))
// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
#endif
#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.
// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
@ -632,12 +692,13 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
// [Internal] Lookup tables
ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER]; // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas
ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius (array index + 1) before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas
ImDrawListSharedData();
void SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error);
void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
};
struct ImDrawDataBuilder
@ -646,6 +707,7 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); }
void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); }
int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; }
IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer();
};
@ -665,31 +727,51 @@ enum ImGuiItemFlags_
ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false
ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window
ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = 0
ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7 // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
};
// Flags for ItemAdd()
// FIXME-NAV: _Focusable is _ALMOST_ what you would expect to be called '_TabStop' but because SetKeyboardFocusHere() works on items with no TabStop we distinguish Focusable from TabStop.
enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_
{
ImGuiItemAddFlags_None = 0,
ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable = 1 << 0 // FIXME-NAV: In current/legacy scheme, Focusable+TabStop support are opt-in by widgets. We will transition it toward being opt-out, so this flag is expected to eventually disappear.
};
// Storage for LastItem data
enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
{
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0,
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0,
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1,
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect is valid
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6 // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused from code.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 9, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing.
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing
#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
, // [imgui_tests only]
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 10, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 11, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 12, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 13 //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, //
ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 //
#endif
};
// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
{
// [Internal]
ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28 // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
};
// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
{
@ -794,9 +876,10 @@ enum ImGuiInputSource
{
ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,
ImGuiInputSource_Nav,
ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard, // Only used occasionally for storage, not tested/handled by most code
ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad, // "
ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only
ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText()
ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
};
@ -901,7 +984,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod
};
// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
struct ImGuiGroupData
struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
{
ImGuiID WindowID;
ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
@ -912,6 +995,7 @@ struct ImGuiGroupData
float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
bool EmitItem;
};
@ -945,7 +1029,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
bool Edited; // edited this frame
ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; // Temporarily set while we call user's callback
ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags
ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // "
void* UserCallbackData; // "
@ -978,18 +1062,18 @@ struct ImGuiPopupData
ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); OpenFrameCount = -1; }
};
struct ImGuiNavMoveResult
struct ImGuiNavItemData
{
ImGuiWindow* Window; // Best candidate window
ImGuiID ID; // Best candidate ID
ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Best candidate focus scope ID
float DistBox; // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
float DistCenter; // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
float DistAxial;
ImRect RectRel; // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID
ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID
ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); }
void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); }
ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); }
void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; RectRel = ImRect(); DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
};
enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
@ -1138,9 +1222,33 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns
// [SECTION] Viewport support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT
// <this is filled in 'docking' branch>
#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT
// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
{
int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
ImDrawData DrawDataP;
ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder;
ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!)
ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height).
ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f.
ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f.
ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; }
~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); }
// Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); }
ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); }
void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields
// Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry)
ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); }
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Settings support
@ -1222,10 +1330,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown };
enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ };
struct ImGuiContextHook
{
ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
ImGuiContextHookType Type;
ImGuiID Owner;
ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback;
@ -1262,14 +1371,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext
// Windows state
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsFocusOrder; // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. (FIXME: We could only store root windows here! Need to sort out the Docking equivalent which is RootWindowDockStop and is unfortunately a little more dynamic)
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
ImVector<ImGuiWindow*> CurrentWindowStack;
ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into
ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // == HoveredWindow ? HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL, merely a shortcut to avoid null test in some situation.
ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
@ -1277,6 +1386,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
float WheelingWindowTimer;
// Item/widgets state and tracking information
ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
@ -1323,6 +1433,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent)
ImVector<ImGuiPopupData>BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
// Viewports
ImVector<ImGuiViewportP*> Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData.
// Gamepad/keyboard Navigation
ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow'
ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation
@ -1356,9 +1469,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods;
ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request
ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename?
ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag)
ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag)
ImGuiWindow* NavWrapRequestWindow; // Window which requested trying nav wrap-around.
ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavWrapRequestFlags; // Wrap-around operation flags.
@ -1371,20 +1484,16 @@ struct ImGuiContext
bool NavWindowingToggleLayer;
// Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!)
ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestCurrWindow; //
ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestNextWindow; //
int FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch)
int FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index
int FocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame
int FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // "
bool FocusTabPressed; //
ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestCurrWindow; //
ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestNextWindow; //
int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch)
int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index
int TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame
int TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // "
bool TabFocusPressed; // Set in NewFrame() when user pressed Tab
// Render
ImDrawData DrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user
ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder;
float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list)
ImDrawList BackgroundDrawList; // First draw list to be rendered.
ImDrawList ForegroundDrawList; // Last draw list to be rendered. This is where we the render software mouse cursor (if io.MouseDrawCursor is set) and most debug overlays.
ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor;
// Drag and Drop
@ -1408,8 +1517,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
// Table
ImGuiTable* CurrentTable;
int CurrentTableStackIdx;
ImPool<ImGuiTable> Tables;
ImVector<ImGuiPtrOrIndex> CurrentTableStack;
ImVector<ImGuiTableTempData> TablesTempDataStack;
ImVector<float> TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC)
ImVector<ImDrawChannel> DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer;
@ -1453,12 +1563,15 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ImChunkStream<ImGuiWindowSettings> SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries
ImChunkStream<ImGuiTableSettings> SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries
ImVector<ImGuiContextHook> Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine)
ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId
// Capture/Logging
bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing
ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target
ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
const char* LogNextPrefix;
const char* LogNextSuffix;
float LogLinePosY;
bool LogLineFirstItem;
int LogDepthRef;
@ -1473,13 +1586,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext
// Misc
float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds.
int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
int FramerateSecPerFrameCount;
float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags
int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame;
int WantTextInputNextFrame;
char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer
ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : BackgroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData), ForegroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData)
ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
{
Initialized = false;
FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
@ -1498,12 +1612,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext
WindowsActiveCount = 0;
CurrentWindow = NULL;
HoveredWindow = NULL;
HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
MovingWindow = NULL;
WheelingWindow = NULL;
WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;
CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false;
@ -1525,7 +1639,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1);
ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None;
ActiveIdMouseButton = 0;
ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
@ -1562,14 +1676,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext
NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL;
FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
FocusTabPressed = false;
TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL;
TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX;
TabFocusPressed = false;
DimBgRatio = 0.0f;
BackgroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Background"; // Give it a name for debugging
ForegroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Foreground"; // Give it a name for debugging
MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false;
@ -1585,6 +1697,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
CurrentTable = NULL;
CurrentTableStackIdx = -1;
CurrentTabBar = NULL;
LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
@ -1606,9 +1719,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
SettingsLoaded = false;
SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
HookIdNext = 0;
LogEnabled = false;
LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL;
LogFile = NULL;
LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
LogLineFirstItem = false;
@ -1619,7 +1734,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0;
FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0;
FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f;
WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer));
@ -1657,8 +1772,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
// Keyboard/Gamepad navigation
ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1)
int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame)
short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame)
ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending
bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame;
bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f)
@ -1680,11 +1795,10 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
// Local parameters stacks
// We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window
float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f]
ImVector<float> ItemWidthStack;
ImVector<float> TextWrapPosStack;
float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window).
float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos.
ImVector<float> ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth)
ImVector<float> TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos)
ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
};
@ -1725,8 +1839,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL)
signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3)
short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises;
@ -1735,6 +1850,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames
ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size
ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only
ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames
ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use.
ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use.
ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use.
@ -1828,6 +1944,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_
// Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_
enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_
{
ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing,
ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout)
ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21 // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button
};
@ -1857,7 +1974,7 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar
ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags;
ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking
ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window
ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId;
ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation
ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview)
int CurrFrameVisible;
int PrevFrameVisible;
@ -1873,7 +1990,7 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar
float ScrollingRectMinX;
float ScrollingRectMaxX;
ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId;
ImS8 ReorderRequestDir;
ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset;
ImS8 BeginCount;
bool WantLayout;
bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted;
@ -1898,8 +2015,6 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar
// [SECTION] Table support
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
#define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color.
#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64.
#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels()
@ -1976,12 +2091,13 @@ struct ImGuiTableCellData
ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number
};
// FIXME-TABLE: transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData
struct ImGuiTable
{
ImGuiID ID;
ImGuiTableFlags Flags;
void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[]
ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[]
ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumn> Columns; // Point within RawData[]
ImSpan<ImGuiTableColumnIdx> DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1)
ImSpan<ImGuiTableCellData> RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row.
@ -2033,22 +2149,11 @@ struct ImGuiTable
ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped
ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect.
ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window.
ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground()
ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;// Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table
ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window)
ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names
ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; // We carry our own ImDrawList splitter to allow recursion (FIXME: could be stored outside, worst case we need 1 splitter per recursing table)
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle;
ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would work be good.
ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly
ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount;
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
@ -2062,9 +2167,10 @@ struct ImGuiTable
ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared)
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1
ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column.
ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot
ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count
ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
@ -2072,7 +2178,7 @@ struct ImGuiTable
ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset)
ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here.
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing accross columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[]
ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen;
bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row.
bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow().
@ -2086,7 +2192,7 @@ struct ImGuiTable
bool IsResetAllRequest;
bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest;
bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row.
bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitely set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable()
bool MemoryCompacted;
bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis
@ -2094,6 +2200,32 @@ struct ImGuiTable
IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); }
};
// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored here: DrawSplitter, incoming RowData?
struct ImGuiTableTempData
{
int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used
ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter;
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle;
ImVector<ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs> SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good.
ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable()
ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable()
float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable()
int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable()
IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; }
};
// sizeof() ~ 12
struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings
{
@ -2132,10 +2264,8 @@ struct ImGuiTableSettings
ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); }
};
#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Internal API
// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
// No guarantee of forward compatibility here!
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -2171,7 +2301,9 @@ namespace ImGui
// Fonts, drawing
IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return &g.ForegroundDrawList; } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches.
inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches.
IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
// Init
IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context);
@ -2184,7 +2316,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
// Generic context hooks
IMGUI_API void AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook);
IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove);
IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type);
// Settings
@ -2209,7 +2342,7 @@ namespace ImGui
inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; }
inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; }
inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; }
inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemsFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.ItemFlags; }
inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentItemFlags; }
IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID();
@ -2223,12 +2356,11 @@ namespace ImGui
// Basic Helpers for widget code
IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f);
IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL);
IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id);
IMGUI_API void ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id);
IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect);
IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); // Return true if focus is requested
IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h);
IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full);
@ -2238,9 +2370,20 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess);
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
// If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister():
// (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
// (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
// Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText()
inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd()
inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
#endif
// Logging/Capture
IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer
IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix);
// Popups, Modals, Tooltips
IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
@ -2253,6 +2396,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal();
IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window);
IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy);
IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags);
// Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation
IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit);
@ -2264,8 +2408,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f);
IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate);
IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again.
IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id);
IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel);
// Focus Scope (WIP)
// This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection
@ -2314,6 +2457,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel();
// Tables: Internals
inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; }
IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id);
IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f);
IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count);
@ -2342,6 +2486,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table);
IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table);
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table);
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table);
IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings();
// Tables: Settings
@ -2358,7 +2503,8 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id);
IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab);
IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir);
IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset);
IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos);
IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar);
IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags);
IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button);
@ -2375,10 +2521,9 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known);
IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f);
IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0);
IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight
IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
// Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!)
IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f);
@ -2402,11 +2547,12 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos);
IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis);
IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners);
IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags);
IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col);
IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis);
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners
IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir);
IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags);
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value);
IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value);
@ -2469,7 +2615,7 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table);
@ -2477,16 +2623,30 @@ namespace ImGui
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label);
IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport);
IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb);
} // namespace ImGui
// ImFontAtlas internals
IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates
struct ImFontBuilderIO
{
bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
};
// Helper for font builder
IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int atlas_x, int atlas_y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor);
IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride);

263
core/src/imgui/imgui_plot.cpp
View File

@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
#include <imgui_plot.h>
#include <imgui.h>
#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
#endif
#include <imgui_internal.h>
namespace ImGui {
// [0..1] -> [0..1]
static float rescale(float t, float min, float max, PlotConfig::Scale::Type type) {
switch (type) {
case PlotConfig::Scale::Linear:
return t;
case PlotConfig::Scale::Log10:
return log10(ImLerp(min, max, t) / min) / log10(max / min);
}
return 0;
}
// [0..1] -> [0..1]
static float rescale_inv(float t, float min, float max, PlotConfig::Scale::Type type) {
switch (type) {
case PlotConfig::Scale::Linear:
return t;
case PlotConfig::Scale::Log10:
return (pow(max/min, t) * min - min) / (max - min);
}
return 0;
}
static int cursor_to_idx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImRect& bb, const PlotConfig& conf, float x_min, float x_max) {
const float t = ImClamp((pos.x - bb.Min.x) / (bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
const int v_idx = (int)(rescale_inv(t, x_min, x_max, conf.scale.type) * (conf.values.count - 1));
IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < conf.values.count);
return v_idx;
}
PlotStatus Plot(const char* label, const PlotConfig& conf) {
PlotStatus status = PlotStatus::nothing;
ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
if (window->SkipItems)
return status;
const float* const* ys_list = conf.values.ys_list;
int ys_count = conf.values.ys_count;
const ImU32* colors = conf.values.colors;
if (conf.values.ys != nullptr) { // draw only a single plot
ys_list = &conf.values.ys;
ys_count = 1;
colors = &conf.values.color;
}
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
const ImRect frame_bb(
window->DC.CursorPos,
window->DC.CursorPos + conf.frame_size);
const ImRect inner_bb(
frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding,
frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
const ImRect total_bb = frame_bb;
ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb))
return status;
const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id);
RenderFrame(
frame_bb.Min,
frame_bb.Max,
GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg),
true,
style.FrameRounding);
if (conf.values.count > 0) {
int res_w;
if (conf.skip_small_lines)
res_w = ImMin((int)conf.frame_size.x, conf.values.count);
else
res_w = conf.values.count;
res_w -= 1;
int item_count = conf.values.count - 1;
float x_min = conf.values.offset;
float x_max = conf.values.offset + conf.values.count - 1;
if (conf.values.xs) {
x_min = conf.values.xs[size_t(x_min)];
x_max = conf.values.xs[size_t(x_max)];
}
// Tooltip on hover
int v_hovered = -1;
if (conf.tooltip.show && hovered && inner_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) {
const int v_idx = cursor_to_idx(g.IO.MousePos, inner_bb, conf, x_min, x_max);
const size_t data_idx = conf.values.offset + (v_idx % conf.values.count);
const float x0 = conf.values.xs ? conf.values.xs[data_idx] : v_idx;
const float y0 = ys_list[0][data_idx]; // TODO: tooltip is only shown for the first y-value!
SetTooltip(conf.tooltip.format, x0, y0);
v_hovered = v_idx;
}
const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
const float inv_scale = (conf.scale.min == conf.scale.max) ?
0.0f : (1.0f / (conf.scale.max - conf.scale.min));
if (conf.grid_x.show) {
int y0 = inner_bb.Min.y;
int y1 = inner_bb.Max.y;
switch (conf.scale.type) {
case PlotConfig::Scale::Linear: {
float cnt = conf.values.count / (conf.grid_x.size / conf.grid_x.subticks);
float inc = 1.f / cnt;
for (int i = 0; i <= cnt; ++i) {
int x0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min.x, inner_bb.Max.x, i * inc);
window->DrawList->AddLine(
ImVec2(x0, y0),
ImVec2(x0, y1),
IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, (i % conf.grid_x.subticks) ? 128 : 255));
}
break;
}
case PlotConfig::Scale::Log10: {
float start = 1.f;
while (start < x_max) {
for (int i = 1; i < 10; ++i) {
float x = start * i;
if (x < x_min) continue;
if (x > x_max) break;
float t = log10(x / x_min) / log10(x_max / x_min);
int x0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min.x, inner_bb.Max.x, t);
window->DrawList->AddLine(
ImVec2(x0, y0),
ImVec2(x0, y1),
IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, (i > 1) ? 128 : 255));
}
start *= 10.f;
}
break;
}
}
}
if (conf.grid_y.show) {
int x0 = inner_bb.Min.x;
int x1 = inner_bb.Max.x;
float cnt = (conf.scale.max - conf.scale.min) / (conf.grid_y.size / conf.grid_y.subticks);
float inc = 1.f / cnt;
for (int i = 0; i <= cnt; ++i) {
int y0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min.y, inner_bb.Max.y, i * inc);
window->DrawList->AddLine(
ImVec2(x0, y0),
ImVec2(x1, y0),
IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, (i % conf.grid_y.subticks) ? 16 : 64));
}
}
const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered);
ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotLines);
for (int i = 0; i < ys_count; ++i) {
if (colors) {
if (colors[i]) col_base = colors[i];
else col_base = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotLines);
}
float v0 = ys_list[i][conf.values.offset];
float t0 = 0.0f;
// Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2(t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - conf.scale.min) * inv_scale));
for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
{
const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < conf.values.count);
const float v1 = ys_list[i][conf.values.offset + (v1_idx + 1) % conf.values.count];
const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2(
rescale(t1, x_min, x_max, conf.scale.type),
1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - conf.scale.min) * inv_scale));
// NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp1);
if (v1_idx == v_hovered) {
window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos0, 3, col_hovered);
}
window->DrawList->AddLine(
pos0,
pos1,
col_base,
conf.line_thickness);
t0 = t1;
tp0 = tp1;
}
}
if (conf.v_lines.show) {
for (size_t i = 0; i < conf.v_lines.count; ++i) {
const size_t idx = conf.v_lines.indices[i];
const float t1 = rescale(idx * t_step, x_min, x_max, conf.scale.type);
ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, ImVec2(t1, 0.f));
ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, ImVec2(t1, 1.f));
window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, IM_COL32(0xff, 0, 0, 0x88));
}
}
if (conf.selection.show) {
if (hovered) {
if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) {
SetActiveID(id, window);
FocusWindow(window);
const int v_idx = cursor_to_idx(g.IO.MousePos, inner_bb, conf, x_min, x_max);
uint32_t start = conf.values.offset + (v_idx % conf.values.count);
uint32_t end = start;
if (conf.selection.sanitize_fn)
end = conf.selection.sanitize_fn(end - start) + start;
if (end < conf.values.offset + conf.values.count) {
*conf.selection.start = start;
*conf.selection.length = end - start;
status = PlotStatus::selection_updated;
}
}
}
if (g.ActiveId == id) {
if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) {
const int v_idx = cursor_to_idx(g.IO.MousePos, inner_bb, conf, x_min, x_max);
const uint32_t start = *conf.selection.start;
uint32_t end = conf.values.offset + (v_idx % conf.values.count);
if (end > start) {
if (conf.selection.sanitize_fn)
end = conf.selection.sanitize_fn(end - start) + start;
if (end < conf.values.offset + conf.values.count) {
*conf.selection.length = end - start;
status = PlotStatus::selection_updated;
}
}
} else {
ClearActiveID();
}
}
float fSelectionStep = 1.0 / item_count;
ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max,
ImVec2(fSelectionStep * *conf.selection.start, 0.f));
ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max,
ImVec2(fSelectionStep * (*conf.selection.start + *conf.selection.length), 1.f));
window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 32));
window->DrawList->AddRect(pos0, pos1, IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 128));
}
}
// Text overlay
if (conf.overlay_text)
RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, conf.overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f));
return status;
}
}

75
core/src/imgui/imgui_plot.h
View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#pragma once
#include <cstdint>
#include <imgui.h>
namespace ImGui {
// Use this structure to pass the plot data and settings into the Plot function
struct PlotConfig {
struct Values {
// if necessary, you can provide x-axis values
const float *xs = nullptr;
// array of y values. If null, use ys_list (below)
const float *ys = nullptr;
// the number of values in each array
int count;
// at which offset to start plotting.
// Warning: count+offset must be <= length of array!
int offset = 0;
// Plot color. If 0, use ImGuiCol_PlotLines.
ImU32 color = 0;
// in case you need to draw multiple plots at once, use this instead of ys
const float **ys_list = nullptr;
// the number of plots to draw
int ys_count = 0;
// colors for each plot
const ImU32* colors = nullptr;
} values;
struct Scale {
// Minimum plot value
float min;
// Maximum plot value
float max;
enum Type {
Linear,
Log10,
};
// How to scale the x-axis
Type type = Linear;
} scale;
struct Tooltip {
bool show = false;
const char* format = "%g: %8.4g";
} tooltip;
struct Grid {
bool show = false;
float size = 100; // at which intervals to draw the grid
int subticks = 10; // how many subticks in each tick
} grid_x, grid_y;
struct Selection {
bool show = false;
uint32_t* start = nullptr;
uint32_t* length = nullptr;
// "Sanitize" function. Give it selection length, and it will return
// the "allowed" length. Useful for FFT, where selection must be
// of power of two
uint32_t(*sanitize_fn)(uint32_t) = nullptr;
} selection;
struct VerticalLines {
bool show = false;
const size_t* indices = nullptr; // at which indices to draw the lines
size_t count = 0;
} v_lines;
ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
float line_thickness = 1.f;
bool skip_small_lines = true;
const char* overlay_text = nullptr;
};
enum class PlotStatus {
nothing,
selection_updated,
};
IMGUI_API PlotStatus Plot(const char* label, const PlotConfig& conf);
}

247
core/src/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// dear imgui, v1.80
// dear imgui, v1.83
// (tables and columns code)
/*
@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Index of this file:
// [SECTION] Commentary
// [SECTION] Header mess
// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes
// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes
// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management
@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ Index of this file:
// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// About 'outer_size':
// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending of if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags.
// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending on if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags.
// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f).
// X
// - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge.
@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ Index of this file:
// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags.
// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height.
// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -126,13 +127,13 @@ Index of this file:
// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width
// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f
// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents
// Default Width and default Weight can be overriden when calling TableSetupColumn().
// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn().
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together:
// - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
// - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place!
// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitely provide a total width to layout columns in.
// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the maximum contents width.
// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in.
// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents.
// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// About using column width:
@ -140,9 +141,9 @@ Index of this file:
// - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column.
// - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width.
// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn():
// - its width will be automatic and be the set to the max of items submitted.
// - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted.
// - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
// - but if the column has one or more item of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
// - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN).
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ Index of this file:
// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing
// width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know
// it is not going to contribute to row height.
// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every columns but one (e.g. the first one).
// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one).
// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case).
// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output.
// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.).
@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ Index of this file:
// ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way.
// ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway).
//
// - We need distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row.
// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row.
// However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// About clipping/culling of whole Tables:
@ -209,6 +210,8 @@ Index of this file:
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
#endif
#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
#endif
// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
@ -235,6 +238,19 @@ Index of this file:
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Tables: Main code
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - TableFixFlags() [Internal]
// - TableFindByID() [Internal]
// - BeginTable()
// - BeginTableEx() [Internal]
// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal]
// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal]
// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal]
// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal]
// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal]
// - EndTable()
// - TableSetupColumn()
// - TableSetupScrollFreeze()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Configuration
static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0;
@ -327,6 +343,16 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
if (instance_no > 0)
IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID");
// Acquire temporary buffers
const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
g.CurrentTableStackIdx++;
if (g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1 > g.TablesTempDataStack.Size)
g.TablesTempDataStack.resize(g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1, ImGuiTableTempData());
ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx];
temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx;
table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter;
table->DrawSplitter->Clear();
// Fix flags
table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0;
flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window);
@ -340,7 +366,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
table->ColumnsCount = columns_count;
table->IsLayoutLocked = false;
table->InnerWidth = inner_width;
table->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size;
// When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents.
if (use_child_window)
@ -389,14 +415,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x;
table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect;
table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems;
table->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect;
table->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect;
table->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset;
table->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize;
table->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize;
table->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
table->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth;
table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size;
temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect;
temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect;
temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset;
temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize;
temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize;
temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth;
temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size;
inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
// Padding and Spacing
@ -439,8 +465,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight);
// Make table current
const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
g.CurrentTableStack.push_back(ImGuiPtrOrIndex(table_idx));
g.CurrentTable = table;
outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
@ -453,13 +477,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size)
g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f);
g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time;
temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
table->MemoryCompacted = false;
// Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed)
const int stored_size = table->Columns.size();
if (stored_size != 0 && stored_size != columns_count)
ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL;
void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL;
const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size();
if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count)
{
IM_FREE(table->RawData);
// Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046)
old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data;
old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData;
table->RawData = NULL;
}
if (table->RawData == NULL)
@ -482,14 +511,24 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++)
{
ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n];
if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count)
{
// FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path.
*column = old_columns_to_preserve[n];
}
else
{
float width_auto = column->WidthAuto;
*column = ImGuiTableColumn();
column->WidthAuto = width_auto;
column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker
column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true;
}
column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n;
}
}
if (old_columns_raw_data)
IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data);
// Load settings
if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad)
@ -538,9 +577,9 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count)
{
// Allocate single buffer for our arrays
ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator;
span_allocator.ReserveBytes(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
span_allocator.ReserveBytes(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
span_allocator.ReserveBytes(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData));
span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn));
span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx));
span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4);
table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes());
span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData);
@ -687,13 +726,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0;
table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00;
table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00;
table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1;
table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE
// [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns.
// Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices.
int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies
int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies
int last_visible_column_idx = -1;
int prev_visible_column_idx = -1;
bool has_auto_fit_request = false;
bool has_resizable = false;
float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f;
@ -741,14 +781,16 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
}
// Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column
column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)last_visible_column_idx;
column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
column->NextEnabledColumn = -1;
if (last_visible_column_idx != -1)
table->Columns[last_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1)
table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
else
table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++;
table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n;
table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder;
last_visible_column_idx = column_n;
prev_visible_column_idx = column_n;
IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder);
// Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping)
@ -778,8 +820,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
}
if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate))
table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)last_visible_column_idx;
IM_ASSERT(table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0);
table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx;
IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0);
// [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible
// to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing).
@ -1084,7 +1126,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
// Initial state
ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
else
inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false);
}
@ -1172,6 +1214,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags;
ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow;
ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow;
ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow);
IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow);
@ -1184,9 +1227,9 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody);
// Finalize table height
inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = table->HostBackupPrevLineSize;
inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = table->HostBackupCurrLineSize;
inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = table->HostBackupCursorMaxPos;
inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize;
inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize;
inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos;
const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2;
IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y);
if (inner_window != outer_window)
@ -1233,10 +1276,11 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
#endif
// Flatten channels and merge draw calls
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0);
ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0);
if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
TableMergeDrawChannels(table);
table->DrawSplitter.Merge(inner_window->DrawList);
splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList);
// Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable()
const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1);
@ -1278,18 +1322,18 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
// Pop from id stack
IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!");
IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!");
PopID();
// Restore window data that we modified
const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
inner_window->WorkRect = table->HostBackupWorkRect;
inner_window->ParentWorkRect = table->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect;
inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect;
inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems;
outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min;
outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = table->HostBackupItemWidth;
outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;
outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = table->HostBackupColumnsOffset;
outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth;
outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;
outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset;
// Layout in outer window
// (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding
@ -1312,20 +1356,20 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth);
}
else if (table->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
{
const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f;
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - table->UserOuterSize.x);
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth));
}
else
{
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x);
}
if (table->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
{
const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - table->UserOuterSize.y);
outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y));
}
else
@ -1341,8 +1385,15 @@ void ImGui::EndTable()
// Clear or restore current table, if any
IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table);
g.CurrentTableStack.pop_back();
g.CurrentTable = g.CurrentTableStack.Size ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(g.CurrentTableStack.back().Index) : NULL;
IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0);
g.CurrentTableStackIdx--;
temp_data = g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0 ? &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx] : NULL;
g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL;
if (g.CurrentTable)
{
g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data;
g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter;
}
outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1;
}
@ -1367,7 +1418,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo
// Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa.
// Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX.
if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0)
IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitely in either Table or Column.");
IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column.");
// When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy
// (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable)
@ -1432,6 +1483,20 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows)
table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b
}
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - TableGetColumnCount()
// - TableGetColumnName()
// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal]
// - TableSetColumnEnabled() [Internal]
// - TableGetColumnFlags()
// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal]
// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal]
// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal]
// - TableSetBgColor()
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount()
{
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
@ -1460,6 +1525,24 @@ const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset];
}
// Request enabling/disabling a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view)
// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
// Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable()
// For the getter you can use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled)
void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled)
{
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
IM_ASSERT(table != NULL);
if (!table)
return;
if (column_n < 0)
column_n = table->CurrentColumn;
IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount);
ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
column->IsEnabledNextFrame = enabled;
}
// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section
ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n)
{
@ -1639,6 +1722,10 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
if (table->CurrentColumn != -1)
TableEndCell(table);
// Logging
if (g.LogEnabled)
LogRenderedText(NULL, "|");
// Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is
// likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding.
window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2;
@ -1679,7 +1766,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
// always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here.
if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0)
window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4();
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
}
// Draw row background
@ -1751,7 +1838,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
// Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y
SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect);
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent);
}
if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers))
@ -1866,14 +1953,22 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)
{
// FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed.
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
//IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP);
}
else
{
// FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel?
SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect);
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
}
// Logging
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems)
{
LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|");
g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
}
}
@ -2113,7 +2208,7 @@ void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel()
// Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect()
table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect;
SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd);
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent);
}
void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel()
@ -2125,7 +2220,7 @@ void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel()
// Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel()
SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect);
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent);
}
// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout()
@ -2151,7 +2246,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier;
const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0;
const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy;
table->DrawSplitter.Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total);
table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1);
table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN;
table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
@ -2215,7 +2310,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
{
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = &table->DrawSplitter;
ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter;
const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0);
const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0);
IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0);
@ -2226,10 +2321,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
ImRect ClipRect;
int ChannelsCount;
ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> ChannelsMask;
MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; }
};
int merge_group_mask = 0x00;
MergeGroup merge_groups[4];
memset(merge_groups, 0, sizeof(merge_groups));
// 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged
for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
@ -2307,7 +2403,6 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized
ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data;
ImBitArray<IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS> remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage
remaining_mask.ClearAllBits();
remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count);
remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen);
IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN);
@ -2337,7 +2432,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table)
if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0)
merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y);
#if 0
GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, ~0, 1.0f);
GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f);
GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200));
#endif
@ -2386,7 +2481,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
return;
ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList;
table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false);
// Draw inner border and resizing feedback
@ -2450,7 +2545,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong;
if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)
{
inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, ~0, border_size);
inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size);
}
else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV)
{
@ -2646,8 +2741,10 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
TableSortSpecsSanitize(table);
// Write output
table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount);
ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &temp_data->SortSpecsSingle : temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
if (sort_specs != NULL)
for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
{
ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
@ -3288,6 +3385,9 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle
for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++)
{
// "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v"
bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1);
if (!save_column)
continue;
buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n);
if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID);
if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight);
@ -3341,8 +3441,6 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
//IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID);
ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false);
table->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
table->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL;
table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true;
table->ColumnsNames.clear();
@ -3352,6 +3450,13 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table)
g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f;
}
void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data)
{
temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory();
temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.clear();
temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
}
// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine)
void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings()
{

648
core/src/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2
core/src/imgui/imstb_truetype.h
View File

@ -4302,7 +4302,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex
int winding = 0;
orig[0] = x;
//orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment
//orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commented double assignment
// make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape
y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f);

235
frequency_manager/src/main.cpp
View File

@ -27,6 +27,12 @@ struct FrequencyBookmark {
bool selected;
};
struct WaterfallBookmark {
std::string listName;
std::string bookmarkName;
FrequencyBookmark bookmark;
};
ConfigManager config;
const char* demodModeList[] = {
@ -42,6 +48,14 @@ const char* demodModeList[] = {
const char* demodModeListTxt = "NFM\0WFM\0AM\0DSB\0USB\0CW\0LSB\0RAW\0";
enum {
BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_OFF,
BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_TOP,
BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_BOTTOM,
_BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_COUNT
};
const char* bookmarkDisplayModesTxt = "Off\0Top\0Bottom\0";
class FrequencyManagerModule : public ModuleManager::Instance {
public:
@ -50,10 +64,12 @@ public:
config.aquire();
std::string selList = config.conf["selectedList"];
bookmarkDisplayMode = config.conf["bookmarkDisplayMode"];
config.release();
refreshLists();
loadByName(selList);
refreshWaterfallBookmarks();
fftRedrawHandler.ctx = this;
fftRedrawHandler.handler = fftRedraw;
@ -233,8 +249,10 @@ private:
config.conf["lists"].erase(firstEditedListName);
}
else {
config.conf["lists"][editedListName] = json::object();
config.conf["lists"][editedListName]["showOnWaterfall"] = true;
config.conf["lists"][editedListName]["bookmarks"] = json::object();
}
refreshWaterfallBookmarks(false);
config.release(true);
refreshLists();
loadByName(editedListName);
@ -249,6 +267,36 @@ private:
return open;
}
bool selectListsDialog() {
gui::mainWindow.lockWaterfallControls = true;
float menuWidth = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth();
std::string id = "Select lists##freq_manager_sel_popup_" + name;
ImGui::OpenPopup(id.c_str());
bool open = true;
if (ImGui::BeginPopup(id.c_str(), ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize)) {
// No need to lock config since we're not modifying anything and there's only one instance
for (auto [listName, list] : config.conf["lists"].items()) {
bool shown = list["showOnWaterfall"];
if (ImGui::Checkbox((listName+"##freq_manager_sel_list_").c_str(), &shown)) {
config.aquire();
config.conf["lists"][listName]["showOnWaterfall"] = shown;
refreshWaterfallBookmarks(false);
config.release(true);
}
}
if (ImGui::Button("Ok")) {
open = false;
}
ImGui::EndPopup();
}
return open;
}
void refreshLists() {
listNames.clear();
listNamesTxt = "";
@ -262,6 +310,25 @@ private:
config.release();
}
void refreshWaterfallBookmarks(bool lockConfig = true) {
if (lockConfig) { config.aquire(); }
waterfallBookmarks.clear();
for (auto [listName, list] : config.conf["lists"].items()) {
if (!((bool)list["showOnWaterfall"])) { continue; }
WaterfallBookmark wbm;
wbm.listName = listName;
for (auto [bookmarkName, bm] : config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"].items()) {
wbm.bookmarkName = bookmarkName;
wbm.bookmark.frequency = config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bookmarkName]["frequency"];
wbm.bookmark.bandwidth = config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bookmarkName]["bandwidth"];
wbm.bookmark.mode = config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bookmarkName]["mode"];
wbm.bookmark.selected = false;
waterfallBookmarks.push_back(wbm);
}
}
if (lockConfig) { config.release(); }
}
void loadFirst() {
if (listNames.size() > 0) {
loadByName(listNames[0]);
@ -282,7 +349,7 @@ private:
selectedListId = std::distance(listNames.begin(), std::find(listNames.begin(), listNames.end(), listName));
selectedListName = listName;
config.aquire();
for (auto [bmName, bm] : config.conf["lists"][listName].items()) {
for (auto [bmName, bm] : config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"].items()) {
FrequencyBookmark fbm;
fbm.frequency = bm["frequency"];
fbm.bandwidth = bm["bandwidth"];
@ -295,12 +362,13 @@ private:
void saveByName(std::string listName) {
config.aquire();
config.conf["lists"][listName] = json::object();
config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"] = json::object();
for (auto [bmName, bm] : bookmarks) {
config.conf["lists"][listName][bmName]["frequency"] = bm.frequency;
config.conf["lists"][listName][bmName]["bandwidth"] = bm.bandwidth;
config.conf["lists"][listName][bmName]["mode"] = bm.mode;
config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bmName]["frequency"] = bm.frequency;
config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bmName]["bandwidth"] = bm.bandwidth;
config.conf["lists"][listName]["bookmarks"][bmName]["mode"] = bm.mode;
}
refreshWaterfallBookmarks(false);
config.release(true);
}
@ -318,6 +386,9 @@ private:
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(menuWidth - 24 - (2*lineHeight) - btnSize);
if (ImGui::Combo(("##freq_manager_list_sel"+_this->name).c_str(), &_this->selectedListId, _this->listNamesTxt.c_str())) {
_this->loadByName(_this->listNames[_this->selectedListId]);
config.aquire();
config.conf["selectedList"] = _this->selectedListName;
config.release(true);
}
ImGui::SameLine();
if (_this->listNames.size() == 0) { style::beginDisabled(); }
@ -349,6 +420,7 @@ private:
if (_this->selectedListName == "") { style::endDisabled(); }
config.aquire();
config.conf["lists"].erase(_this->selectedListName);
_this->refreshWaterfallBookmarks(false);
config.release(true);
_this->refreshLists();
_this->selectedListId = std::clamp<int>(_this->selectedListId, 0, _this->listNames.size());
@ -425,11 +497,11 @@ private:
ImGui::EndTable();
// Bookmark list
ImGui::BeginTable(("freq_manager_bkm_table"+_this->name).c_str(), 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(0, 200));
ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Bookmark", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
if (ImGui::BeginTable(("freq_manager_bkm_table"+_this->name).c_str(), 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY, ImVec2(0, 200))) {
ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name");
ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Bookmark");
ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(2, 1);
ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
for (auto& [name, bm] : _this->bookmarks) {
ImGui::TableNextRow();
ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
@ -444,8 +516,9 @@ private:
ImGui::Text("%s %s", freqToStr(bm.frequency).c_str(), demodModeList[bm.mode]);
ImVec2 max = ImGui::GetCursorPos();
}
ImGui::EndTable();
}
if (selectedNames.size() != 1 && _this->selectedListName != "") { style::beginDisabled(); }
if (ImGui::Button(("Apply##_freq_mgr_apply_" + _this->name).c_str(), ImVec2(menuWidth, 0))) {
@ -471,7 +544,7 @@ private:
_this->exportedBookmarks = json::object();
config.aquire();
for (auto& _name : selectedNames) {
_this->exportedBookmarks["bookmarks"][_name] = config.conf["lists"][_this->selectedListName][_name];
_this->exportedBookmarks["bookmarks"][_name] = config.conf["lists"][_this->selectedListName]["bookmarks"][_name];
}
config.release();
_this->exportOpen = true;
@ -480,7 +553,18 @@ private:
if (selectedNames.size() == 0 && _this->selectedListName != "") { style::endDisabled(); }
ImGui::EndTable();
ImGui::Checkbox("Show on FFT", &_this->showBookmarksOnFFT);
if (ImGui::Button(("Select displayed lists##_freq_mgr_exp_" + _this->name).c_str(), ImVec2(menuWidth, 0))) {
_this->selectListsOpen = true;
}
ImGui::Text("Bookmark display mode");
ImGui::SameLine();
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(menuWidth - ImGui::GetCursorPosX());
if (ImGui::Combo(("##_freq_mgr_dms_" + _this->name).c_str(), &_this->bookmarkDisplayMode, bookmarkDisplayModesTxt)) {
config.aquire();
config.conf["bookmarkDisplayMode"] = _this->bookmarkDisplayMode;
config.release(true);
}
if (_this->selectedListName == "") { style::endDisabled(); }
@ -500,6 +584,10 @@ private:
_this->renameListOpen = _this->newListDialog();
}
if (_this->selectListsOpen) {
_this->selectListsOpen = _this->selectListsDialog();
}
// Handle import and export
if (_this->importOpen && _this->importDialog->ready()) {
_this->importOpen = false;
@ -521,16 +609,17 @@ private:
static void fftRedraw(ImGui::WaterFall::FFTRedrawArgs args, void* ctx) {
FrequencyManagerModule* _this = (FrequencyManagerModule*)ctx;
if (!_this->showBookmarksOnFFT) { return; }
if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_OFF) { return; }
for (auto const [_name, bm] : _this->bookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.min.x + std::round((bm.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_TOP) {
for (auto const bm : _this->waterfallBookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.min.x + std::round((bm.bookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
if (bm.frequency >= args.lowFreq && bm.frequency <= args.highFreq) {
if (bm.bookmark.frequency >= args.lowFreq && bm.bookmark.frequency <= args.highFreq) {
args.window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(centerXpos, args.min.y), ImVec2(centerXpos, args.max.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
}
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(_name.c_str());
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, args.min.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, args.min.y+nameSize.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMin = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMin.x, args.min.x, args.max.x), rectMin.y);
@ -540,23 +629,57 @@ private:
args.window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(clampedRectMin, clampedRectMax, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
}
if (rectMin.x >= args.min.x && rectMax.x <= args.max.x) {
args.window->DrawList->AddText(ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2), args.min.y), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), _name.c_str());
args.window->DrawList->AddText(ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2), args.min.y), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
}
}
}
else if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_BOTTOM) {
for (auto const bm : _this->waterfallBookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.min.x + std::round((bm.bookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
if (bm.bookmark.frequency >= args.lowFreq && bm.bookmark.frequency <= args.highFreq) {
args.window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(centerXpos, args.min.y), ImVec2(centerXpos, args.max.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
}
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, args.max.y - nameSize.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, args.max.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMin = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMin.x, args.min.x, args.max.x), rectMin.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMax = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMax.x, args.min.x, args.max.x), rectMax.y);
if (clampedRectMax.x - clampedRectMin.x > 0) {
args.window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(clampedRectMin, clampedRectMax, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
}
if (rectMin.x >= args.min.x && rectMax.x <= args.max.x) {
args.window->DrawList->AddText(ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2), args.max.y - nameSize.y), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
}
}
}
}
bool mouseAlreadyDown = false;
bool mouseClickedInLabel = false;
static void fftInput(ImGui::WaterFall::InputHandlerArgs args, void* ctx) {
FrequencyManagerModule* _this = (FrequencyManagerModule*)ctx;
if (!_this->showBookmarksOnFFT) { return; }
if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_OFF) { return; }
if (_this->mouseClickedInLabel) {
if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) {
_this->mouseClickedInLabel = false;
}
gui::waterfall.inputHandled = true;
return;
}
// First check that the mouse clicked outside of any label. Also get the bookmark that's hovered
bool inALabel = false;
FrequencyBookmark hoveredBookmark;
WaterfallBookmark hoveredBookmark;
std::string hoveredBookmarkName;
for (auto const [_name, bm] : _this->bookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.fftRectMin.x + std::round((bm.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(_name.c_str());
if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_TOP) {
for (auto const bm : _this->waterfallBookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.fftRectMin.x + std::round((bm.bookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, args.fftRectMin.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, args.fftRectMin.y+nameSize.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMin = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMin.x, args.fftRectMin.x, args.fftRectMax.x), rectMin.y);
@ -565,10 +688,28 @@ private:
if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(clampedRectMin, clampedRectMax)) {
inALabel = true;
hoveredBookmark = bm;
hoveredBookmarkName = _name;
hoveredBookmarkName = bm.bookmarkName;
break;
}
}
}
else if (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_BOTTOM) {
for (auto const bm : _this->waterfallBookmarks) {
double centerXpos = args.fftRectMin.x + std::round((bm.bookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(bm.bookmarkName.c_str());
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, args.fftRectMax.y-nameSize.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, args.fftRectMax.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMin = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMin.x, args.fftRectMin.x, args.fftRectMax.x), rectMin.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMax = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMax.x, args.fftRectMin.x, args.fftRectMax.x), rectMax.y);
if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(clampedRectMin, clampedRectMax)) {
inALabel = true;
hoveredBookmark = bm;
hoveredBookmarkName = bm.bookmarkName;
break;
}
}
}
// Check if mouse was already down
if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left) && !inALabel) {
@ -576,6 +717,7 @@ private:
}
if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) {
_this->mouseAlreadyDown = false;
_this->mouseClickedInLabel = false;
}
// If yes, cancel
@ -583,23 +725,25 @@ private:
gui::waterfall.inputHandled = true;
double centerXpos = args.fftRectMin.x + std::round((hoveredBookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
double centerXpos = args.fftRectMin.x + std::round((hoveredBookmark.bookmark.frequency - args.lowFreq) * args.freqToPixelRatio);
ImVec2 nameSize = ImGui::CalcTextSize(hoveredBookmarkName.c_str());
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, args.fftRectMin.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, args.fftRectMin.y+nameSize.y);
ImVec2 rectMin = ImVec2(centerXpos-(nameSize.x/2)-5, (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_BOTTOM) ? (args.fftRectMax.y - nameSize.y) : args.fftRectMin.y);
ImVec2 rectMax = ImVec2(centerXpos+(nameSize.x/2)+5, (_this->bookmarkDisplayMode == BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_BOTTOM) ? args.fftRectMax.y : args.fftRectMin.y+nameSize.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMin = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMin.x, args.fftRectMin.x, args.fftRectMax.x), rectMin.y);
ImVec2 clampedRectMax = ImVec2(std::clamp<double>(rectMax.x, args.fftRectMin.x, args.fftRectMax.x), rectMax.y);
if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) {
applyBookmark(hoveredBookmark, gui::waterfall.selectedVFO);
_this->mouseClickedInLabel = true;
applyBookmark(hoveredBookmark.bookmark, gui::waterfall.selectedVFO);
}
ImGui::BeginTooltip();
ImGui::Text(hoveredBookmarkName.c_str());
ImGui::Separator();
ImGui::Text("Frequency: %s", freqToStr(hoveredBookmark.frequency).c_str());
ImGui::Text("Bandwidth: %s", freqToStr(hoveredBookmark.bandwidth).c_str());
ImGui::Text("Mode: %s", demodModeList[hoveredBookmark.mode]);
ImGui::Text("List: %s", hoveredBookmark.listName.c_str());
ImGui::Text("Frequency: %s", freqToStr(hoveredBookmark.bookmark.frequency).c_str());
ImGui::Text("Bandwidth: %s", freqToStr(hoveredBookmark.bookmark.bandwidth).c_str());
ImGui::Text("Mode: %s", demodModeList[hoveredBookmark.bookmark.mode]);
ImGui::EndTooltip();
}
@ -654,8 +798,7 @@ private:
bool editOpen = false;
bool newListOpen = false;
bool renameListOpen = false;
bool showBookmarksOnFFT = false;
bool selectListsOpen = false;
EventHandler<ImGui::WaterFall::FFTRedrawArgs> fftRedrawHandler;
EventHandler<ImGui::WaterFall::InputHandlerArgs> inputHandler;
@ -674,17 +817,37 @@ private:
std::string editedListName;
std::string firstEditedListName;
int testN = 0;
std::vector<WaterfallBookmark> waterfallBookmarks;
int bookmarkDisplayMode = 0;
};
MOD_EXPORT void _INIT_() {
json def = json({});
def["selectedList"] = "General";
def["lists"]["General"] = json::array();
def["bookmarkDisplayMode"] = BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_TOP;
def["lists"]["General"]["showOnWaterfall"] = true;
def["lists"]["General"]["bookmarks"] = json::object();
config.setPath(options::opts.root + "/frequency_manager_config.json");
config.load(def);
config.enableAutoSave();
// Check if of list and convert if they're the old type
config.aquire();
if (!config.conf.contains("bookmarkDisplayMode")) {
config.conf["bookmarkDisplayMode"] = BOOKMARK_DISP_MODE_TOP;
}
for (auto [listName, list] : config.conf["lists"].items()) {
if (list.contains("bookmarks") && list.contains("showOnWaterfall") && list["showOnWaterfall"].is_boolean()) { continue; }
json newList;
newList = json::object();
newList["showOnWaterfall"] = true;
newList["bookmarks"] = list;
config.conf["lists"][listName] = newList;
}
config.release(true);
}
MOD_EXPORT ModuleManager::Instance* _CREATE_INSTANCE_(std::string name) {

12
weather_sat_decoder/src/noaa_hrpt_decoder.h
View File

@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRRRGBChild");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrrRGBImage.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRR1Child");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrr1Image.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRR2Child");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrr2Image.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRR3Child");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrr3Image.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRR4Child");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrr4Image.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}
@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ public:
ImGui::BeginChild("AVHRR5Child");
ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth());
avhrr5Image.draw();
ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
ImGui::EndChild();
ImGui::EndTabItem();
}